ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.94
Committed: Sun May 6 19:51:52 2012 UTC (12 years ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.93: +12 -0 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.88 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41     'br\}
42     .\"
43 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
44     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
45     .el .ds Aq '
46     .\"
47 root 1.1 .\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
48 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
49 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
50     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
51 root 1.60 .ie \nF \{\
52 root 1.1 . de IX
53     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
54     ..
55     . nr % 0
56     . rr F
57     .\}
58 root 1.60 .el \{\
59     . de IX
60     ..
61     .\}
62 root 1.1 .\"
63     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
64     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
65     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
66     .if n \{\
67     . ds #H 0
68     . ds #V .8m
69     . ds #F .3m
70     . ds #[ \f1
71     . ds #] \fP
72     .\}
73     .if t \{\
74     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
75     . ds #V .6m
76     . ds #F 0
77     . ds #[ \&
78     . ds #] \&
79     .\}
80     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
81     .if n \{\
82     . ds ' \&
83     . ds ` \&
84     . ds ^ \&
85     . ds , \&
86     . ds ~ ~
87     . ds /
88     .\}
89     .if t \{\
90     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
91     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
92     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
93     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
94     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
95     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
96     .\}
97     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
98     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
99     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
100     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
101     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
102     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
103     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
104     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
105     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
106     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
107     . \" corrections for vroff
108     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
109     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
110     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
111     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
112     \{\
113     . ds : e
114     . ds 8 ss
115     . ds o a
116     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
117     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
118     . ds th \o'bp'
119     . ds Th \o'LP'
120     . ds ae ae
121     . ds Ae AE
122     .\}
123     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
124     .\" ========================================================================
125     .\"
126 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
127 root 1.93 .TH LIBEV 3 "2012-05-06" "libev-4.11" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
128 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
129     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
130     .if n .ad l
131     .nh
132 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
133     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
134     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
135     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
136 root 1.28 .Vb 1
137 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
138 root 1.28 .Ve
139 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0"
140 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
141 root 1.61 .Vb 2
142 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
143     \& #include <ev.h>
144 root 1.60 \&
145 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
146     \&
147 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
148 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
149 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
150     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
151     \&
152     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
153     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
154     \& static void
155 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
156 root 1.68 \& {
157     \& puts ("stdin ready");
158     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
159     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
160     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
161     \&
162 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
163     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
164 root 1.68 \& }
165     \&
166     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
167     \& static void
168 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
169 root 1.68 \& {
170     \& puts ("timeout");
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& int
176     \& main (void)
177     \& {
178     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
179 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
180 root 1.68 \&
181     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
182     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
183     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
184     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
185     \&
186     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
187     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
188     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
189     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
190     \&
191     \& // now wait for events to arrive
192 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
193 root 1.68 \&
194 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
195 root 1.68 \& return 0;
196     \& }
197 root 1.27 .Ve
198 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
199     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
200     This document documents the libev software package.
201     .PP
202 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
203 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
204 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
205 root 1.39 .PP
206 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
207     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
208     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
209     with libev.
210     .PP
211 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
212 root 1.78 throughout this document.
213 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
214     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
215     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
216     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
217     reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY\s0 \s-1OF\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R", then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE\s0 \s-1PROGRAM\s0\*(R" above and
218     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\*(R" and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1TYPES\s0\*(R".
220 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
221     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
222 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
223 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
224 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
225     .PP
226     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
227     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
228     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
229     .PP
230     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
231     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
232     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
233     watcher.
234 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
235 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
236 root 1.31 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR, the
237     BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port mechanisms
238     for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR interface
239 root 1.80 (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
240     inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
241     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
242     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
243     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
244     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
245     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
246     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
247 root 1.28 .PP
248     It also is quite fast (see this
249 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
250 root 1.28 for example).
251 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
252 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
253 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
254     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
255     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
256     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
257     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
258 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
259 root 1.61 this argument.
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1TIME\s0 \s-1REPRESENTATION\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
262 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
263 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
264     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
265     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
266     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
267     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
268     .PP
269     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
270     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
271 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
272     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
273     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
274     and internal errors (bugs).
275     .PP
276     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
277 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
278 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
279     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
280     ()\*(C'\fR.
281     .PP
282     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
283     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
284     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
285     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
286     .PP
287     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
288     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
289     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
290 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
291     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
292     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
293     library in any way.
294     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
295     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
296 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
297     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
298 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
299 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
300 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
301     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
302 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
303     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
304     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
305     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
306     .Sp
307     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
308     .Sp
309     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
310     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
311 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
312     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
313     .PD 0
314     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
315     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
316     .PD
317 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
318 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
319     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
320     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
321     version of the library your program was compiled against.
322     .Sp
323 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
324     release version.
325 root 1.47 .Sp
326 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
327 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
328 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
329     not a problem.
330 root 1.9 .Sp
331 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
332 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
333     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
334 root 1.9 .Sp
335     .Vb 3
336 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
337     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
338     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
339 root 1.9 .Ve
340 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
341     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
342     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
343     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
344     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
345     a description of the set values.
346 root 1.9 .Sp
347     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
348     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
349     .Sp
350     .Vb 2
351 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
352     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
353 root 1.9 .Ve
354 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
355     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
356 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
357     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
358     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
359     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
360     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
361     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
362     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
363 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
365     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
366 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
367     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
368     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
369     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
370 root 1.10 .Sp
371     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
372 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
373     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
374 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
375 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
376     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
377     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
378     or take some potentially destructive action.
379     .Sp
380     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
381     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
382     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
383 root 1.1 .Sp
384     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
385     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
386     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
387 root 1.9 .Sp
388 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
389 root 1.64 retries (example requires a standards-compliant \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR).
390 root 1.9 .Sp
391     .Vb 6
392     \& static void *
393 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
394 root 1.9 \& {
395     \& for (;;)
396     \& {
397     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
398 root 1.60 \&
399 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
400     \& return newptr;
401 root 1.60 \&
402 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
403     \& }
404     \& }
405 root 1.60 \&
406 root 1.9 \& ...
407     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
408     .Ve
409 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
410     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
411 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
412 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
413     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
414 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
415 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
416     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
417     (such as abort).
418 root 1.9 .Sp
419 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
420 root 1.9 .Sp
421     .Vb 6
422     \& static void
423     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
424     \& {
425     \& perror (msg);
426     \& abort ();
427     \& }
428 root 1.60 \&
429 root 1.9 \& ...
430     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
431     .Ve
432 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
433     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
434     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
435     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
436     handlers or random threads.
437     .Sp
438     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
439     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
440     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
441     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
442     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
443     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
444 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
445     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
446     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
447     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
448     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
449 root 1.73 .PP
450     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
451 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
452     do not.
453 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
454     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
455 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
456     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
457     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
458     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
459     .Sp
460     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
461     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
462     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
463     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
464     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
465 root 1.1 .Sp
466     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
467 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
468 root 1.1 .Sp
469 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
470 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
471     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
472     threads anyway).
473     .Sp
474     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
475     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
476     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
477     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
478     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
479     .Sp
480     Example: This is the most typical usage.
481     .Sp
482     .Vb 2
483     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
484     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
485     .Ve
486     .Sp
487     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
488     environment settings to be taken into account:
489     .Sp
490     .Vb 1
491     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
492     .Ve
493     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
494     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
495     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
496     could not be initialised, returns false.
497 root 1.63 .Sp
498 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
499     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
500     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
501 root 1.60 .Sp
502 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
503 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
504 root 1.1 .Sp
505 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
506 root 1.1 .RS 4
507     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
508     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
509     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
510     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
511     thing, believe me).
512     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
513     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
514     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
515 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
516 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
517     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
518     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
519     useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, or to work
520     around bugs.
521 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
522     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
523     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
524 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
525     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
526 root 1.35 .Sp
527     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
528     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
529 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
530 root 1.61 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn sequence
531 root 1.68 without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux system also has
532 root 1.35 \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster).
533     .Sp
534     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
535     forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking) when you use this
536     flag.
537     .Sp
538 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
539 root 1.35 environment variable.
540 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
541     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
542     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
543     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
544 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
545 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
546     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
547 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
548     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
549     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
550     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
551 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
552 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
553     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
554     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
555     threads that are not interested in handling them.
556     .Sp
557     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
558     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
559     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
560 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
561     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
562     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
563     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
564 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
565 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
566     .Sp
567     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
568     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
569     unblocking the signals.
570     .Sp
571 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
572     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
573     .Sp
574 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
575 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
576     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
577     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
578 root 1.3 This is your standard \fIselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
579     libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
580     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
581 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
582 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
583 root 1.58 .Sp
584     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
585 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
586 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
587     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
588     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
589 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
590 root 1.71 .Sp
591     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
592     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
593     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
594 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
595     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
596     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
597 root 1.58 And this is your standard \fIpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
598     than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
599     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
600     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
601     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
602     performance tips.
603 root 1.71 .Sp
604     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
605     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
606 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
607     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
608     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
609 root 1.81 Use the linux-specific \fIepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
610     kernels).
611     .Sp
612 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
613     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
614     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
615     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
616 root 1.73 .Sp
617     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
618     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
619     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
620 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
621     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
622     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
623     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
624     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
625     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
626     and is of course hard to detect.
627 root 1.73 .Sp
628 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
629     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
630     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
631     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
632     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
633     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
634     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
635     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
636     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
637     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
638 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
639     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
640 root 1.3 .Sp
641 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
642     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
643     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
644 root 1.84 .Sp
645 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
646 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
647     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
648     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
649     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
650     file descriptors.
651 root 1.58 .Sp
652     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
653 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
654     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
655     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
656 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
657     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
658     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
659 root 1.58 .Sp
660 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
661     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
662     the usage. So sad.
663     .Sp
664 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
665 root 1.58 all kernel versions tested so far.
666 root 1.71 .Sp
667     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
668     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
669 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
670     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
671     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
672 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
673     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
674     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
675     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
676     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
677     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
678     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
679     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
680     system like NetBSD.
681 root 1.3 .Sp
682 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
683     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
684     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
685     .Sp
686 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
687 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
688     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
689 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
690 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
691     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
692     drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases
693 root 1.58 .Sp
694     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
695     .Sp
696     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
697     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
698     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
699     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
700 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
701     also broken on \s-1OS\s0 X)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
702 root 1.71 .Sp
703     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
704     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
705     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
706 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
707     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
708     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
709 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
710     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
711     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
712     immensely.
713 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
714     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
715     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
716 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
717 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
718 root 1.7 .Sp
719 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
720     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
721     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
722     might perform better.
723 root 1.60 .Sp
724 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
725     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
726     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
727     hacks).
728     .Sp
729     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
730     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
731 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
732 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
733 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
734     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
735     to re-arm the watcher.
736 root 1.85 .Sp
737     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
738 root 1.71 .Sp
739     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
740     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
741 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
742     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
743     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
744 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
745     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
746 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
747 root 1.58 .Sp
748 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
749     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
750     at all.
751     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
752     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
753     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
754     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
755     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
756     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
757 root 1.1 .RE
758     .RS 4
759 root 1.3 .Sp
760 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
761     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
762     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
763     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
764 root 1.8 .Sp
765 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
766 root 1.8 .Sp
767 root 1.82 .Vb 3
768     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
769     \& if (!epoller)
770     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
771 root 1.8 .Ve
772     .Sp
773 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
774 root 1.82 used if available.
775 root 1.8 .Sp
776     .Vb 1
777 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
778 root 1.8 .Ve
779 root 1.1 .RE
780 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
781     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
782     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
783 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
784     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
785 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
786 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
787 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
788 root 1.12 for example).
789 root 1.52 .Sp
790 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
791     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
792     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
793 root 1.52 .Sp
794 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
795     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
796     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
797     .Sp
798     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
799 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
800 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
801     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
802     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
803     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
804     This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations to
805     reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite the
806 root 1.60 name, you can call it anytime, but it makes most sense after forking, in
807 root 1.82 the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the
808     child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
809     .Sp
810     Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
811     a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
812     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
813     during fork.
814 root 1.60 .Sp
815     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
816 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
817     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
818     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
819     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
820     costly reset of the backend).
821 root 1.1 .Sp
822     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
823 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
824     .Sp
825     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
826     using pthreads.
827 root 1.1 .Sp
828 root 1.82 .Vb 5
829     \& static void
830     \& post_fork_child (void)
831     \& {
832     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
833     \& }
834     \&
835     \& ...
836     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
837 root 1.1 .Ve
838 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
839     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
840 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
841     otherwise.
842 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
843     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
844     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
845     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
846     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
847 root 1.37 .Sp
848     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
849     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
850 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
851     prepare and check phases.
852     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
853     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
854     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
855 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
856 root 1.79 .Sp
857 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
858     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
859 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
860     .Sp
861 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
862     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
863     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
864     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
865 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
866     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
867     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
868 root 1.1 use.
869     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
870     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
871     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
872 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
873     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
874     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
875 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
876 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
877     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
878     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
879     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
880 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
881 root 1.71 .Sp
882     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
883     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
884     the current time is a good idea.
885     .Sp
886     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
887 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
888     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
889     .PD 0
890     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
891     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
892     .PD
893 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
894     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
895 root 1.78 .Sp
896     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
897     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
898     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
899     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
900     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
901     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
902     .Sp
903     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
904     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
905     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
906 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
907 root 1.78 .Sp
908     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
909     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
910     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
911     .Sp
912     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
913     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
914 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
915     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
916 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
917 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
918 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
919 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
920 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
921 root 1.1 .Sp
922 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
923     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
924     called.
925 root 1.1 .Sp
926 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
927     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
928     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
929     .Sp
930 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
931 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
932 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
933     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
934     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
935     beauty.
936 root 1.9 .Sp
937 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
938     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
939 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
940     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
941     .Sp
942 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
943     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
944     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
945     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
946     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
947 root 1.1 .Sp
948 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
949 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
950     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
951 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
952 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
953     iteration of the loop.
954     .Sp
955     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
956     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
957 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
958 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
959     .Sp
960 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
961     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
962     future versions):
963 root 1.8 .Sp
964 root 1.60 .Vb 10
965 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
966     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
967 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
968 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
969     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
970 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
971 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
972 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
973 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
974     \& as to not disturb the other process.
975 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
976 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
977 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
978 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
979 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
980     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
981 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
982 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
983     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
984 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
985     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
986     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
987 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
988 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
989     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
990 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
991     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
992 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
993     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
994     \& continue with step LOOP.
995     \& FINISH:
996     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
997     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
998     \& \- Return.
999 root 1.2 .Ve
1000 root 1.9 .Sp
1001 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1002 root 1.9 anymore.
1003     .Sp
1004     .Vb 4
1005     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1006     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1007 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1008 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1009 root 1.9 .Ve
1010 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1011     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1012     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1013 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1014 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1015     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1016 root 1.60 .Sp
1017 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1018 root 1.72 .Sp
1019 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1020     which case it will have no effect.
1021 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1022     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1023     .PD 0
1024     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1025     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1026     .PD
1027     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1028     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1029 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1030 root 1.71 .Sp
1031 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1032 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1033 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1034     before stopping it.
1035 root 1.71 .Sp
1036 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1037 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1038 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1039     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1040     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1041     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1042     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1043     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1044     in the callback).
1045 root 1.9 .Sp
1046 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1047 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1048     .Sp
1049     .Vb 4
1050 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1051 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1052     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1053 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1054 root 1.9 .Ve
1055     .Sp
1056 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1057 root 1.9 .Sp
1058     .Vb 2
1059 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1060     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1061 root 1.9 .Ve
1062 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1063     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1064 root 1.56 .PD 0
1065 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1066     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1067 root 1.56 .PD
1068     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1069 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1070     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1071     latency.
1072 root 1.56 .Sp
1073     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1074 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1075     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1076     opportunities).
1077     .Sp
1078     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1079     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1080     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1081 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1082     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1083     .Sp
1084     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1085     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1086     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1087 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1088 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1089     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1090 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1091     good enough).
1092 root 1.56 .Sp
1093     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1094     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1095 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1096     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1097     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1098 root 1.56 .Sp
1099 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1100 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1101     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1102     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1103 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1104     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1105     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1106     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1107 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1108 root 1.71 .Sp
1109     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1110     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1111     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1112     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1113     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1114     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1115 root 1.79 .Sp
1116     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1117     more often than 100 times per second:
1118     .Sp
1119     .Vb 2
1120     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1121     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1122     .Ve
1123     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1124     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1125     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1126 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1127     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1128     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1129     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1130     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1131     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1132 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1133     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1134     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1135     are pending.
1136     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1137     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1138     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1139 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1140 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1141     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1142     .Sp
1143     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1144     callback.
1145 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1146     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1147 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1148     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1149     each call to a libev function.
1150     .Sp
1151 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1152     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1153 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1154 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1155 root 1.79 .Sp
1156     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1157     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1158     afterwards.
1159     .Sp
1160     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1161     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1162     .Sp
1163     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1164     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1165     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1166     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1167 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1168 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1169     .Sp
1170 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1171 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1172     .Sp
1173     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1174     document.
1175     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1176     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1177     .PD 0
1178 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1179     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1180 root 1.79 .PD
1181     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1182     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1183 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1184 root 1.79 .Sp
1185     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1186     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1187     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1188     any other purpose as well.
1189 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1190     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1191 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1192 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1193 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1194     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1195     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1196 root 1.67 .Sp
1197     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1198     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1199     data structures consistent.
1200 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1201     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1202 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1203     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1204     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1205     .PP
1206 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1207     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1208     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1209     for that:
1210 root 1.1 .PP
1211     .Vb 5
1212 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1213 root 1.68 \& {
1214     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1215 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1216 root 1.68 \& }
1217     \&
1218     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1219 root 1.73 \&
1220     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1221     \&
1222 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1223     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1224     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1225 root 1.73 \&
1226 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1227 root 1.1 .Ve
1228     .PP
1229     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1230 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1231     stack).
1232     .PP
1233     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1234     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1235 root 1.1 .PP
1236 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1237     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1238     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1239     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1240     and/or writable).
1241 root 1.1 .PP
1242 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1243     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1244     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1245 root 1.1 .PP
1246     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1247 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1248 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1249 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1250 root 1.1 .PP
1251     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1252     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1253 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1254 root 1.1 .PP
1255     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1256     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1257     third argument.
1258     .PP
1259     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1260     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1261     are:
1262     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1263     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1264     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1265     .PD 0
1266     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1267     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1268     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1269     .PD
1270     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1271     writable.
1272 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1273     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1274     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1275 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1276     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1277     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1278     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1279     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1280     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1281     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1282     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1283     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1284     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1285     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1286     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1287     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1288 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1289     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1290     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1291     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1292 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1293     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1294     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1295     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1296     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1297     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1298     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1299     .PD 0
1300     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1301     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1302     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1303     .PD
1304 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1305     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1306     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1307     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1308     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1309     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1310     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1311     .Sp
1312     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1313     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1314     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1315     blocking).
1316 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1317     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1318     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1319     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1320     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1321     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1322     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1323     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1324     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1325 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1326     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1327     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1328     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1329 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1330     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1331     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1332     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1333 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1334     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1335     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1336     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1337     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1338 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1339     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1340     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1341 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1342 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1343     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1344 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1345     .Sp
1346     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1347     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1348     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1349     bug in your program.
1350 root 1.1 .Sp
1351 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1352     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1353     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1354     the error from \fIread()\fR or \fIwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1355     programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1356     thing, so beware.
1357 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1GENERIC\s0 \s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1FUNCTIONS\s0"
1358 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1359 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1360     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1361     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1362     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1363     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1364     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1365     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1366     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1367     which rolls both calls into one.
1368     .Sp
1369     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1370     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1371     .Sp
1372 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1373 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1374 root 1.71 .Sp
1375     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1376     .Sp
1377     .Vb 3
1378     \& ev_io w;
1379     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1380     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1381     .Ve
1382 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1383     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1384     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1385 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1386     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1387     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1388     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1389     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1390     .Sp
1391     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1392     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1393 root 1.71 .Sp
1394     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1395 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1396     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1397     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1398 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1399     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1400 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1401 root 1.71 .Sp
1402     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1403     .Sp
1404     .Vb 1
1405     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1406     .Ve
1407 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1408     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1409     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1410 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1411     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1412 root 1.71 .Sp
1413     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1414     whole section.
1415     .Sp
1416     .Vb 1
1417     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1418     .Ve
1419 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1420     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1421     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1422 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1423     the watcher was active or not).
1424     .Sp
1425     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1426     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1427     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1428     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1429     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1430 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1431     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1432     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1433     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1434     it.
1435     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1436     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1437     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1438     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1439     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1440 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1441     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1442     it).
1443 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1444     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1445 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1446 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1447     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1448 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1449     (modulo threads).
1450 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1451     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1452 root 1.37 .PD 0
1453     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1454     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1455     .PD
1456     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1457     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1458     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1459     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1460     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1461     .Sp
1462     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1463     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1464     .Sp
1465 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1466     pending.
1467     .Sp
1468 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1469     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1470     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1471     .Sp
1472 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1473     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1474     .Sp
1475 root 1.78 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0\*(R", below, for a more thorough treatment of
1476     priorities.
1477 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1478     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1479     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1480     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1481 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1482     callback.
1483 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1484     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1485 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1486     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1487 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1488 root 1.71 .Sp
1489     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1490     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1491 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1492     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1493     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1494     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1495     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1496     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1497     .Sp
1498     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1499     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1500     not started in the first place.
1501     .Sp
1502     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1503     functions that do not need a watcher.
1504 root 1.1 .PP
1505 root 1.85 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0\*(R" and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0
1506     \&\s-1OWN\s0 \s-1COMPOSITE\s0 \s-1WATCHERS\s0\*(R" idioms.
1507 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0"
1508     .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1509     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1510     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1511     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1512     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1513     .IP "initialiased" 4
1514     .IX Item "initialiased"
1515 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1516 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1517     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1518     .Sp
1519 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1520     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1521     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1522     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1523 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1524     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1525     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1526     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1527     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1528     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1529     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1530     .IP "pending" 4
1531     .IX Item "pending"
1532     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1533     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1534     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1535     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1536     callback.
1537     .Sp
1538     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1539     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1540     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1541     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1542     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1543     previous item still apply.
1544     .Sp
1545     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1546     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1547     active.
1548     .IP "stopped" 4
1549     .IX Item "stopped"
1550     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1551     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1552     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1553     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1554     freeing it is often a good idea.
1555     .Sp
1556     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1557 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1558     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1559     it again).
1560 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1PRIORITY\s0 \s-1MODELS\s0"
1561 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1562     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1563     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1564     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1565     .PP
1566     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1567     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1568     range.
1569     .PP
1570     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1571     by event loops:
1572     .PP
1573     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1574     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1575     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1576     .PP
1577     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1578     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1579     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1580     before polling for new events.
1581     .PP
1582     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1583     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1584     .PP
1585     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1586     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1587     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1588     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1589     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1590     priority ones.
1591     .PP
1592     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1593     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1594     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1595     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1596     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1597     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1598     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1599     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1600     always, what you want).
1601     .PP
1602     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1603     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1604     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1605     required.
1606     .PP
1607     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1608     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1609     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1610     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1611 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1612 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1613     workable.
1614     .PP
1615     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1616     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1617     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1618     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1619     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1620     .PP
1621     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1622     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1623     other events are pending:
1624     .PP
1625     .Vb 2
1626     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1627     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1628     \&
1629     \& static void
1630     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1631     \& {
1632     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1633     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1634     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1635     \&
1636 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1637 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1638     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1639     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1640     \& }
1641     \&
1642     \& static void
1643 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1644 root 1.78 \& {
1645     \& // actual processing
1646     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1647     \&
1648     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1649     \& // we have handled the event
1650     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1651     \& }
1652     \&
1653     \& // initialisation
1654     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1655     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1656     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1657     .Ve
1658     .PP
1659     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1660     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1661     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1662     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1663     important ones.
1664 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1665     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1666     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1667 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1668     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1669     .PP
1670     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1671     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1672     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1673     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1674     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1675     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1676     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1677     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1678 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1679     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1680 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1681 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1682 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1683     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1684     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1685     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1686     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1687     receive future events.
1688 root 1.1 .PP
1689     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1690     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1691     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1692     required if you know what you are doing).
1693     .PP
1694 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1695 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1696 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1697 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1698     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1699     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1700     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1701 root 1.17 .PP
1702 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1703     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1704     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1705 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1706     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1707 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1708     indefinitely.
1709     .PP
1710     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1711 root 1.49 .PP
1712     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1713     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1714     .PP
1715 root 1.54 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll) need to be told about closing a file
1716 root 1.71 descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other means,
1717     such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some file
1718 root 1.49 descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently drop
1719     this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then is
1720     registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is, in
1721     fact, a different file descriptor.
1722     .PP
1723     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1724     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1725     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1726     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1727     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1728     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1729     .PP
1730     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1731     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1732     optimisations to libev.
1733 root 1.50 .PP
1734 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1735     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1736 root 1.54 .PP
1737     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1738 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1739     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1740     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1741 root 1.54 .PP
1742 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1743     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1744 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1745     .PP
1746 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1747     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1748     .PP
1749     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1750     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1751     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1752     .PP
1753     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1754     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1755     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1756     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1757     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1758     .PP
1759     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1760     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1761     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1762     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1763     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1764     .PP
1765     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1766     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1767     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1768     convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT\s0, which is
1769     usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1770     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1771     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1772     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1773     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1774     .PP
1775     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1776     libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT\s0, or
1777     when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1778     reuse the same code path.
1779     .PP
1780 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1781     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1782     .PP
1783     Some backends (epoll, kqueue) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR at all or exhibit
1784     useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs to be told about
1785 root 1.85 it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the child.
1786 root 1.54 .PP
1787 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1788     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1789     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1790 root 1.54 .PP
1791 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1792     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1793     .PP
1794 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1795     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1796     sent a \s-1SIGPIPE\s0, which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1797     this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1798 root 1.63 .PP
1799     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1800     ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1801     somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1802     .PP
1803 root 1.82 \fIThe special problem of \fIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1804     .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1805     .PP
1806     Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1807     found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1808     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1809     .PP
1810     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1811     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1812     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1813     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1814     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1815     .PP
1816     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1817     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1818     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1819     cope with overload is known (to me).
1820     .PP
1821     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1822     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1823     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1824     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1825     .PP
1826     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1827     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1828     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1829     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1830     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1831     usage.
1832     .PP
1833     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1834     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1835     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1836     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1837     clients under typical overload conditions.
1838     .PP
1839     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1840     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1841     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1842     .PP
1843 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1844     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1845 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1846     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1847     .PD 0
1848     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1849     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1850     .PD
1851 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1852 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1853     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1854 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1855     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1856     The file descriptor being watched.
1857     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1858     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1859     The events being watched.
1860 root 1.9 .PP
1861 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1862     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1863     .PP
1864 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1865 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1866 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1867 root 1.9 .PP
1868     .Vb 6
1869 root 1.68 \& static void
1870 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1871 root 1.68 \& {
1872     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1873 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1874 root 1.68 \& }
1875     \&
1876     \& ...
1877     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1878 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1879 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1880     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1881 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1882 root 1.9 .Ve
1883 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1884     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1885 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1886 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1887     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1888     .PP
1889     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1890 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1891 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1892 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1893 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1894     .PP
1895 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1896 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1897 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1898     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1899     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1900     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1901     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1902 root 1.71 .PP
1903 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1904     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1905     .PP
1906     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1907     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1908     you want to raise some error after a while.
1909     .PP
1910     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1911     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1912     .PP
1913     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1914     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1915     data or other life sign was received).
1916     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1917     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1918     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1919     start the watcher:
1920     .Sp
1921     .Vb 2
1922     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
1923     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1924     .Ve
1925     .Sp
1926     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
1927     and start it again:
1928     .Sp
1929     .Vb 3
1930     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
1931     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
1932     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
1933     .Ve
1934     .Sp
1935     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
1936     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
1937     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
1938     still not a constant-time operation.
1939     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
1940     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
1941     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
1942     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
1943     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
1944     .Sp
1945     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
1946     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
1947     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
1948     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
1949     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
1950     .Sp
1951     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
1952     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
1953     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
1954     .Sp
1955     At start:
1956     .Sp
1957     .Vb 3
1958 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
1959 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
1960     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1961     .Ve
1962     .Sp
1963     Each time there is some activity:
1964     .Sp
1965     .Vb 1
1966     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1967     .Ve
1968     .Sp
1969     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
1970     whether the watcher is active or not:
1971     .Sp
1972     .Vb 2
1973     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
1974     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
1975     .Ve
1976     .Sp
1977     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
1978     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
1979     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
1980     .Sp
1981     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
1982     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
1983     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
1984     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
1985     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
1986     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
1987     associated activity resets.
1988     .Sp
1989     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
1990     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
1991     within the callback:
1992     .Sp
1993 root 1.88 .Vb 3
1994     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
1995 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
1996 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
1997 root 1.73 \&
1998     \& static void
1999     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2000     \& {
2001 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2002     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2003 root 1.73 \&
2004 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2005 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2006 root 1.73 \& {
2007 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2008 root 1.73 \& }
2009     \& else
2010     \& {
2011 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2012     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2013     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2014     \& // the timeout can occur.
2015     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2016     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2017 root 1.73 \& }
2018     \& }
2019     .Ve
2020     .Sp
2021 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2022     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2023     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2024     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2025     .Sp
2026     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2027     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2028     .Sp
2029     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2030     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2031     .Sp
2032     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2033 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2034 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2035 root 1.73 .Sp
2036     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2037     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2038     libev to change the timeout.
2039     .Sp
2040 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2041     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2042     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2043     the timer:
2044 root 1.73 .Sp
2045     .Vb 3
2046 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2047     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2048     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2049 root 1.73 .Ve
2050     .Sp
2051 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2052 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2053     .Sp
2054 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2055     \& if (activity detected)
2056     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2057     .Ve
2058     .Sp
2059     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2060     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2061 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2062 root 1.88 .Sp
2063     .Vb 3
2064     \& timeout = new_value;
2065     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2066     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2067 root 1.73 .Ve
2068     .Sp
2069     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2070     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2071     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2072     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2073     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2074     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2075     do even better:
2076     .Sp
2077     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2078     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2079     .Sp
2080     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2081     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2082     .Sp
2083     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2084     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2085     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2086     .Sp
2087     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2088     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2089     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2090     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2091     .PP
2092     So which method the best?
2093     .PP
2094     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2095     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2096     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2097     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2098     .PP
2099     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2100     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2101     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2102     overkill :)
2103     .PP
2104 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2105     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2106     .PP
2107     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2108     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2109     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2110     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2111     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2112     .PP
2113     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2114     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2115     .PP
2116     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2117     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2118     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2119     expect.
2120     .PP
2121     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2122     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2123     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2124     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2125     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2126     .PP
2127     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2128     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2129     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2130     intentions.
2131     .PP
2132     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2133     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2134     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2135     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2136     .PP
2137     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2138     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2139     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2140     late\*(R" side of things.
2141     .PP
2142 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2143     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2144     .PP
2145 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2146     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2147 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2148 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2149     lots of events in one iteration.
2150     .PP
2151 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2152     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2153 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2154 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2155     timeout on the current time, use something like this to adjust for this:
2156 root 1.1 .PP
2157     .Vb 1
2158 root 1.60 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + ev_now () \- ev_time (), 0.);
2159 root 1.1 .Ve
2160 root 1.2 .PP
2161 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2162     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2163     ()\*(C'\fR.
2164 root 1.50 .PP
2165 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2166     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2167     .PP
2168     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2169     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2170     jumps).
2171     .PP
2172     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2173     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2174     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2175     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2176     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2177     .PP
2178     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2179     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2180     a second or so.
2181     .PP
2182     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2183     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2184     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2185     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2186     .PP
2187     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2188     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2189     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2190     .PP
2191     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2192     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2193     exactly the right behaviour.
2194     .PP
2195     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2196     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2197     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2198     .PP
2199 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2200     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2201     .PP
2202     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2203     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2204     .PP
2205     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2206     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2207     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2208     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2209     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2210     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2211     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2212     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2213     be adjusted accordingly.
2214     .PP
2215     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2216     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2217     .PP
2218     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2219     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2220     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2221     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2222     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2223     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2224     .PP
2225     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2226     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2227     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2228     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2229     .PP
2230 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2231     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2232 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2233     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2234     .PD 0
2235     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2236     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2237     .PD
2238 root 1.67 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds. If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2239     is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will automatically be stopped once the timeout is
2240     reached. If it is positive, then the timer will automatically be
2241     configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR seconds later, again, and again,
2242     until stopped manually.
2243     .Sp
2244     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2245     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2246     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2247     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2248     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2249 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2250     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2251 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2252     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2253     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2254 root 1.1 .Sp
2255 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2256     applied to the watcher:
2257     .RS 4
2258     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2259     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2260     .PD 0
2261     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2262     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2263     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2264     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2265     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2266     .RE
2267     .RS 4
2268     .PD
2269 root 1.1 .Sp
2270 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2271     usage example.
2272 root 1.88 .RE
2273 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2274     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2275 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2276     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2277     the timeout value currently configured.
2278     .Sp
2279     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2280 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2281 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2282     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2283     too), and so on.
2284 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2285     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2286     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2287 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2288 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2289 root 1.9 .PP
2290 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2291     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2292     .PP
2293 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2294 root 1.9 .PP
2295     .Vb 5
2296 root 1.68 \& static void
2297 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2298 root 1.68 \& {
2299     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2300     \& }
2301     \&
2302 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2303 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2304     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2305 root 1.9 .Ve
2306     .PP
2307 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2308 root 1.9 inactivity.
2309     .PP
2310     .Vb 5
2311 root 1.68 \& static void
2312 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2313 root 1.68 \& {
2314     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2315     \& }
2316     \&
2317 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2318 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2319     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2320 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2321 root 1.68 \&
2322     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2323     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2324     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2325 root 1.9 .Ve
2326 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2327     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2328 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2329 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2330     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2331     .PP
2332 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2333     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2334     (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calender or clock). The
2335     difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2336     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2337     wrist-watch).
2338     .PP
2339     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2340     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2341     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2342     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2343     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2344     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2345     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2346     .PP
2347     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2348     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2349     other complicated rules. This cannot be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers, as
2350     those cannot react to time jumps.
2351 root 1.2 .PP
2352 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2353 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2354     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2355     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2356 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2357 root 1.50 .PP
2358     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2359     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2360 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2361     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2362 root 1.1 .PD 0
2363 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2364     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2365 root 1.1 .PD
2366 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2367 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2368 root 1.1 .RS 4
2369 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2370 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2371 root 1.60 .Sp
2372 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2373 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2374     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2375     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2376     this point in time.
2377 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2378 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2379 root 1.60 .Sp
2380 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2381 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2382     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2383     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2384 root 1.1 .Sp
2385 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2386 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2387     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2388 root 1.1 .Sp
2389     .Vb 1
2390     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2391     .Ve
2392     .Sp
2393     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2394 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2395 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2396     by 3600.
2397     .Sp
2398     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2399     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2400 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2401 root 1.46 .Sp
2402 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2403     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2404     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2405     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2406     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2407     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2408 root 1.67 .Sp
2409 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2410 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2411 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2412 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2413 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2414 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2415 root 1.60 .Sp
2416 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2417 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2418     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2419     current time as second argument.
2420     .Sp
2421 root 1.78 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST\s0 \s-1NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2422     or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2423     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2424 root 1.67 .Sp
2425     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2426     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2427     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2428 root 1.1 .Sp
2429 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2430 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2431 root 1.1 .Sp
2432 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2433     \& static ev_tstamp
2434     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2435 root 1.1 \& {
2436     \& return now + 60.;
2437     \& }
2438     .Ve
2439     .Sp
2440     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2441     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2442     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2443     might be called at other times, too.
2444     .Sp
2445 root 1.67 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2446     equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2447 root 1.1 .Sp
2448     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2449 root 1.67 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate the
2450 root 1.1 next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for this. How
2451     you do this is, again, up to you (but it is not trivial, which is the main
2452     reason I omitted it as an example).
2453     .RE
2454     .RS 4
2455     .RE
2456     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2457     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2458     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2459     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2460     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2461     program when the crontabs have changed).
2462 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2463     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2464 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2465     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2466     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2467     rescheduling modes.
2468 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2469     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2470     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2471 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2472     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2473 root 1.46 .Sp
2474     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2475     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2476 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2477     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2478     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2479     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2480     called.
2481 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2482     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2483 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2484     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2485     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2486 root 1.9 .PP
2487 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2488     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2489     .PP
2490 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2491 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2492 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2493 root 1.9 .PP
2494     .Vb 5
2495 root 1.68 \& static void
2496 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2497 root 1.68 \& {
2498     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2499     \& }
2500     \&
2501 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2502 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2503     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2504 root 1.9 .Ve
2505     .PP
2506 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2507 root 1.9 .PP
2508     .Vb 1
2509 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2510 root 1.60 \&
2511 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2512 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2513 root 1.68 \& {
2514 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2515 root 1.68 \& }
2516 root 1.60 \&
2517 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2518 root 1.9 .Ve
2519     .PP
2520 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2521 root 1.9 .PP
2522     .Vb 4
2523 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2524 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2525     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2526     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2527 root 1.9 .Ve
2528 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2529     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2530 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2531 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2532     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2533 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2534 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2535     .PP
2536 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2537     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2538     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2539     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2540     .PP
2541     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2542     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2543     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2544     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2545     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2546 root 1.71 .PP
2547 root 1.80 When the first watcher gets started will libev actually register something
2548 root 1.71 with the kernel (thus it coexists with your own signal handlers as long as
2549 root 1.80 you don't register any with libev for the same signal).
2550     .PP
2551 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2552 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2553     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2554     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2555     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2556 root 1.61 .PP
2557 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2558     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2559     .PP
2560     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2561     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2562     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2563 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2564     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2565 root 1.81 .PP
2566     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2567     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2568     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2569     certain signals to be blocked.
2570     .PP
2571     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2572     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2573     choice usually).
2574     .PP
2575     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2576     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2577     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2578     .PP
2579     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2580     unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2581     the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2582     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2583     .PP
2584     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2585     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2586     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2587     .PP
2588 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2589     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2590     .PP
2591     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2592     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2593     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2594     .PP
2595     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2596     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2597     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2598     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2599     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2600     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2601     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2602     .PP
2603 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2604     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2605 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2606     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2607     .PD 0
2608     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2609     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2610     .PD
2611     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2612     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2613 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2614     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2615     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2616 root 1.61 .PP
2617     \fIExamples\fR
2618     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2619     .PP
2620 root 1.72 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT\s0.
2621 root 1.61 .PP
2622     .Vb 5
2623 root 1.68 \& static void
2624 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2625 root 1.68 \& {
2626 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2627 root 1.68 \& }
2628     \&
2629 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2630 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2631 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2632 root 1.61 .Ve
2633 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2634     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2635 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2636 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2637 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2638     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2639     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2640     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2641     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2642 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2643     in the next callback invocation is not.
2644 root 1.61 .PP
2645     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2646 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2647 root 1.61 .PP
2648 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2649     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2650     libev)
2651     .PP
2652 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2653     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2654     .PP
2655     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2656 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2657     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2658 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2659     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2660     children, even ones not watched.
2661     .PP
2662     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2663     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2664     .PP
2665     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2666     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2667     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2668     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2669     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2670     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2671     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2672 root 1.50 .PP
2673 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2674     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2675     .PP
2676     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2677     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2678     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2679 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2680     problem).
2681 root 1.71 .PP
2682 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2683     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2684 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2685     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2686 root 1.1 .PD 0
2687 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2688     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2689 root 1.1 .PD
2690     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2691     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2692     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2693     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2694     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2695 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2696     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2697     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2698 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2699     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2700     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2701     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2702     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2703     The process id that detected a status change.
2704     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2705     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2706     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2707     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2708 root 1.9 .PP
2709 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2710     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2711     .PP
2712 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2713     its completion.
2714 root 1.9 .PP
2715 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2716 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2717 root 1.61 \&
2718 root 1.68 \& static void
2719 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2720 root 1.68 \& {
2721     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2722     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2723     \& }
2724     \&
2725     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2726     \&
2727     \& if (pid < 0)
2728     \& // error
2729     \& else if (pid == 0)
2730     \& {
2731     \& // the forked child executes here
2732     \& exit (1);
2733     \& }
2734     \& else
2735     \& {
2736     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2737     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2738     \& }
2739 root 1.9 .Ve
2740 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2741     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2742 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2743 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2744 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2745     and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback if
2746     it did.
2747 root 1.22 .PP
2748     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2749 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2750     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2751     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2752     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2753     contents.
2754 root 1.22 .PP
2755 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2756     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2757     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2758     .PP
2759     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2760     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2761     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2762     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2763     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2764     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2765     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2766     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2767 root 1.22 .PP
2768     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2769     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2770 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2771 root 1.22 .PP
2772 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2773 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2774     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2775     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2776 root 1.50 .PP
2777 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2778     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2779     .PP
2780     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2781 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2782     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2783 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2784     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2785     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2786     obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI\s0, but the problem is
2787 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2788 root 1.69 .PP
2789     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2790     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2791     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2792     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2793     default compilation environment.
2794 root 1.63 .PP
2795 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2796     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2797 root 1.59 .PP
2798 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2799     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2800     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2801     watcher is being started.
2802 root 1.59 .PP
2803 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2804 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2805 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2806 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2807 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2808     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2809     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2810     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2811 root 1.59 .PP
2812 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2813 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2814 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2815     etc. is difficult.
2816 root 1.59 .PP
2817 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2818     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2819     .PP
2820     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2821     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2822     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2823     .PP
2824     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2825     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2826 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2827 root 1.74 watcher).
2828     .PP
2829     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2830     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2831     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2832     .PP
2833     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2834     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2835     .PP
2836 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2837     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2838     .PP
2839 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2840     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2841     still only support whole seconds.
2842 root 1.59 .PP
2843 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2844     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2845     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2846 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2847     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2848 root 1.65 .PP
2849     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2850 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2851 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2852     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2853     .PP
2854     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2855     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2856     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2857     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2858     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2859     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2860     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2861     the timer callback).
2862 root 1.59 .PP
2863 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2864     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2865 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2866     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2867     .PD 0
2868     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2869     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2870     .PD
2871     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2872     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2873     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2874     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2875     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2876     .Sp
2877 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2878     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2879     last change was detected).
2880 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2881     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2882 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2883 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2884     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2885     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2886     new values.
2887 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2888     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2889 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2890 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2891 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2892     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2893     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2894 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2895     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2896     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
2897 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
2898     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
2899     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
2900 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
2901     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
2902     The specified interval.
2903     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
2904     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
2905 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
2906 root 1.22 .PP
2907 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
2908     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2909     .PP
2910 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
2911     .PP
2912 root 1.60 .Vb 10
2913 root 1.68 \& static void
2914     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
2915     \& {
2916     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
2917     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
2918     \& {
2919     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
2920     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2921     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
2922     \& }
2923     \& else
2924     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
2925     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
2926     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
2927     \& }
2928 root 1.60 \&
2929 root 1.68 \& ...
2930     \& ev_stat passwd;
2931 root 1.60 \&
2932 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2933     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2934 root 1.22 .Ve
2935 root 1.59 .PP
2936     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
2937     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
2938     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
2939     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
2940     .PP
2941     .Vb 2
2942 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
2943     \& static ev_timer timer;
2944 root 1.60 \&
2945 root 1.68 \& static void
2946     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2947     \& {
2948     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
2949     \&
2950     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
2951     \& }
2952     \&
2953     \& static void
2954     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
2955     \& {
2956     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
2957     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
2958     \& }
2959     \&
2960     \& ...
2961     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
2962     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
2963     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
2964 root 1.59 .Ve
2965 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2966     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
2967 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
2968 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
2969 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
2970     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
2971 root 1.37 .PP
2972     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
2973     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
2974     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
2975     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
2976     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
2977     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
2978 root 1.1 .PP
2979     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
2980     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
2981     .PP
2982     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
2983     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
2984 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
2985 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
2986 root 1.50 .PP
2987 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
2988     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
2989     .PP
2990     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
2991     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
2992     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
2993     lowest priority will do.
2994     .PP
2995     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
2996     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
2997     between different connections.
2998     .PP
2999     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3000     example.
3001     .PP
3002 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3003     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3004 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3005     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3006 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3007     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3008     believe me.
3009 root 1.9 .PP
3010 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3011     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3012     .PP
3013 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3014     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3015 root 1.9 .PP
3016 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3017 root 1.68 \& static void
3018 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3019 root 1.68 \& {
3020 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3021     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3022     \&
3023     \& // now we can free it
3024 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3025 root 1.93 \&
3026 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3027     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3028     \& }
3029     \&
3030 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3031 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3032 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3033 root 1.9 .Ve
3034 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3035     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3036 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3037 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3038 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3039     afterwards.
3040     .PP
3041 root 1.82 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or similar functions that enter
3042 root 1.20 the current event loop from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR
3043     watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine, however. The
3044     rationale behind this is that you do not need to check for recursion in
3045     those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking,
3046     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each kind they will always be
3047     called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3048     .PP
3049 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3050 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3051 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3052 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3053     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3054     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3055     watcher).
3056 root 1.1 .PP
3057 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3058     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3059     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3060     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3061     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3062     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3063     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3064     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3065 root 1.1 .PP
3066     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3067     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3068     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3069     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3070     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3071     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3072     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3073     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3074 root 1.45 .PP
3075 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3076     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3077     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3078     watchers).
3079 root 1.71 .PP
3080     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3081     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3082     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3083     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3084     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3085     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3086     others).
3087 root 1.50 .PP
3088 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3089     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3090     .PP
3091     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3092     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3093     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3094     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3095     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3096     connections have a chance of making progress.
3097     .PP
3098     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3099     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3100     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3101     .PP
3102     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3103     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3104     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3105     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3106     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3107     .PP
3108 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3109     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3110 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3111     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3112     .PD 0
3113     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3114     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3115     .PD
3116     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3117     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3118 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3119     pointless.
3120 root 1.9 .PP
3121 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3122     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3123     .PP
3124 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3125     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3126     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3127 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3128     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3129     Glib event loop).
3130 root 1.44 .PP
3131     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3132     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3133     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3134     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3135     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3136 root 1.20 .PP
3137     .Vb 2
3138 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3139     \& static ev_timer tw;
3140     \&
3141     \& static void
3142 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3143 root 1.68 \& {
3144     \& }
3145     \&
3146     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3147     \& static void
3148 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3149 root 1.68 \& {
3150     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3151     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3152     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3153     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3154     \&
3155     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3156 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3157 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3158 root 1.60 \&
3159 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3160     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3161     \& {
3162     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3163     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3164     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3165     \&
3166     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3167     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3168     \& }
3169     \& }
3170     \&
3171     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3172     \& static void
3173 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3174 root 1.68 \& {
3175     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3176     \&
3177     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3178     \& {
3179     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3180     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3181     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3182     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3183     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3184     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3185 root 1.60 \&
3186 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3187     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3188     \& }
3189     \&
3190     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3191     \& }
3192 root 1.20 .Ve
3193 root 1.44 .PP
3194     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3195     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3196     .PP
3197     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3198 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3199 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3200     .PP
3201     .Vb 5
3202 root 1.68 \& static void
3203     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3204     \& {
3205     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3206     \& update_now (EV_A);
3207     \&
3208     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3209     \& }
3210     \&
3211     \& static void
3212     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3213     \& {
3214     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3215     \& update_now (EV_A);
3216 root 1.60 \&
3217 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3218     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3219     \& }
3220     \&
3221     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3222 root 1.44 .Ve
3223     .PP
3224     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3225 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3226     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3227     main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV\s0. The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3228     this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3229     libglib event loop.
3230 root 1.44 .PP
3231     .Vb 4
3232 root 1.68 \& static gint
3233     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3234     \& {
3235     \& int got_events = 0;
3236     \&
3237     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3238     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3239     \&
3240     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3241     \& // create/start timer
3242     \&
3243     \& // poll
3244 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3245 root 1.68 \&
3246     \& // stop timer again
3247     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3248     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3249 root 1.60 \&
3250 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3251     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3252     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3253     \&
3254     \& return got_events;
3255     \& }
3256 root 1.44 .Ve
3257 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3258     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3259 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3260 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3261 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3262     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3263 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3264 root 1.10 .PP
3265     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3266     prioritise I/O.
3267     .PP
3268     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3269     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3270     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3271 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3272     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3273     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3274     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3275     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3276     .PP
3277     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3278     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3279     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3280     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3281     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3282 root 1.10 .PP
3283 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3284     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3285     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3286     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3287     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3288     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3289     .PP
3290     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3291     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3292     .PP
3293     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3294     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3295     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3296     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3297 root 1.10 .PP
3298 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3299 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3300     portable one.
3301     .PP
3302     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3303     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3304     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3305 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3306 root 1.50 .PP
3307 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3308     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3309     .PP
3310     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3311     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3312     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3313     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3314     as applicable.
3315     .PP
3316 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3317     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3318 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3319     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3320 root 1.10 .PD 0
3321 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3322     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3323 root 1.10 .PD
3324 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3325     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3326     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3327     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3328 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3329 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3330     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3331     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3332 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3333 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3334 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3335     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3336 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3337 root 1.60 .PP
3338     \fIExamples\fR
3339     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3340     .PP
3341     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3342     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3343 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3344     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3345 root 1.60 used).
3346     .PP
3347     .Vb 3
3348 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3349     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3350 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3351 root 1.68 \&
3352     \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3353     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3354     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3355     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3356     \& : 0;
3357     \&
3358     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3359     \& if (loop_lo)
3360     \& {
3361     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3362     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3363     \& }
3364     \& else
3365     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3366 root 1.60 .Ve
3367     .PP
3368     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3369     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3370     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3371     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3372     .PP
3373     .Vb 3
3374 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3375     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3376 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3377 root 1.68 \&
3378     \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3379     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3380     \& {
3381     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3382     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3383     \& }
3384 root 1.60 \&
3385 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3386     \& loop_socket = loop;
3387 root 1.60 \&
3388 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3389 root 1.60 .Ve
3390 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3391     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3392 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3393     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3394     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3395     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the
3396     event loop blocks next and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called,
3397     and only in the child after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling
3398     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats and calls it in the wrong process, the fork
3399     handlers will be invoked, too, of course.
3400 root 1.51 .PP
3401 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3402     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3403     .PP
3404 root 1.82 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3405 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3406     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3407     .PP
3408     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3409     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3410     fork.
3411     .PP
3412     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3413     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3414     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3415     .PP
3416     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3417     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3418     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3419     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3420     .PP
3421     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3422     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3423     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3424     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3425     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3426     signal watchers).
3427     .PP
3428     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3429     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3430 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3431     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3432     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3433     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3434     signal watchers.
3435 root 1.78 .PP
3436 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3437     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3438 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3439     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3440 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3441     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3442 root 1.82 really.
3443     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3444     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3445     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3446     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3447     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3448     .PP
3449     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3450     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3451     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3452     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3453     .PP
3454     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3455     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3456     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3457     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3458     .PP
3459     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3460     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3461     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3462     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3463     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3464     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3465     pointless, I assure you.
3466     .PP
3467     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3468     cleanup functions are called.
3469     .PP
3470     .Vb 5
3471     \& static void
3472     \& program_exits (void)
3473     \& {
3474     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3475     \& }
3476     \&
3477     \& ...
3478     \& atexit (program_exits);
3479     .Ve
3480     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3481     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3482     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3483 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3484 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3485     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3486     .PP
3487 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3488     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3489     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3490     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3491 root 1.61 .PP
3492     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3493     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3494     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3495 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3496 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3497     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3498     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3499 root 1.61 .PP
3500     \fIQueueing\fR
3501     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3502     .PP
3503     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3504     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3505     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3506 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3507     semantics.
3508 root 1.61 .PP
3509     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3510 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3511 root 1.61 queue:
3512     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3513     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3514     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3515 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3516     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3517 root 1.61 .Sp
3518     .Vb 1
3519     \& static ev_async mysig;
3520     \&
3521     \& static void
3522     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3523     \& {
3524     \& sometype data;
3525     \&
3526     \& // no locking etc.
3527     \& queue_put (data);
3528     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3529     \& }
3530     \&
3531     \& static void
3532     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3533     \& {
3534     \& sometype data;
3535     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3536     \&
3537     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3538     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3539     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3540     \&
3541     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3542     \& process (data);
3543     \&
3544     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3545     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3546     \& }
3547     .Ve
3548     .Sp
3549     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3550     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3551     either...).
3552     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3553     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3554     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3555     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3556     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3557     .Sp
3558     .Vb 2
3559     \& static ev_async mysig;
3560     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3561     \&
3562     \& static void
3563     \& otherthread (void)
3564     \& {
3565     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3566     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3567     \& queue_put (data);
3568     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3569     \&
3570     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3571     \& }
3572     \&
3573     \& static void
3574     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3575     \& {
3576     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3577     \&
3578     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3579     \& process (data);
3580     \&
3581     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3582     \& }
3583     .Ve
3584     .PP
3585     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3586     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3587     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3588     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3589     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3590 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3591 root 1.71 trust me.
3592 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3593     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3594     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3595 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3596     returns.
3597     .Sp
3598     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3599     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3600     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3601 root 1.61 .Sp
3602 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3603 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3604     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3605     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3606     .Sp
3607     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3608     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3609     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3610     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3611     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3612     zero) under load.
3613 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3614     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3615     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3616     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3617     event loop.
3618     .Sp
3619     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3620     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3621     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3622 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3623 root 1.63 .Sp
3624 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3625     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3626     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3627     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3628 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3629     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3630     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3631     .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)" 4
3632     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback)"
3633     This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3634 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3635 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3636     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3637     more watchers yourself.
3638     .Sp
3639 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3640     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3641     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3642 root 1.1 .Sp
3643     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3644     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3645 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3646 root 1.1 .Sp
3647 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3648 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3649 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3650 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3651     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3652     events precedence.
3653     .Sp
3654     Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0.
3655 root 1.1 .Sp
3656     .Vb 7
3657 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3658     \& {
3659 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3660     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3661 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3662 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3663     \& }
3664 root 1.60 \&
3665 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3666 root 1.1 .Ve
3667 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3668     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3669 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3670 root 1.88 the given events.
3671 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3672     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3673 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3674     which is async-safe.
3675     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3676     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3677     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3678     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3679     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3680     .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING\s0 \s-1CUSTOM\s0 \s-1DATA\s0 \s-1WITH\s0 A \s-1WATCHER\s0"
3681     .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3682     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3683     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3684     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3685     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3686     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3687     data:
3688     .PP
3689     .Vb 7
3690     \& struct my_io
3691     \& {
3692     \& ev_io io;
3693     \& int otherfd;
3694     \& void *somedata;
3695     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3696     \& };
3697     \&
3698     \& ...
3699     \& struct my_io w;
3700     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3701     .Ve
3702     .PP
3703     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3704     can cast it back to your own type:
3705     .PP
3706     .Vb 5
3707     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3708     \& {
3709     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3710     \& ...
3711     \& }
3712     .Ve
3713     .PP
3714     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3715     function type instead have been omitted.
3716     .SS "\s-1BUILDING\s0 \s-1YOUR\s0 \s-1OWN\s0 \s-1COMPOSITE\s0 \s-1WATCHERS\s0"
3717     .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3718     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3719     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3720     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3721     .PP
3722     .Vb 6
3723     \& struct my_biggy
3724     \& {
3725     \& int some_data;
3726     \& ev_timer t1;
3727     \& ev_timer t2;
3728     \& }
3729     .Ve
3730     .PP
3731     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3732     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3733     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3734     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3735     real programmers):
3736     .PP
3737     .Vb 1
3738     \& #include <stddef.h>
3739     \&
3740     \& static void
3741     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3742     \& {
3743     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3744     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3745     \& }
3746     \&
3747     \& static void
3748     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3749     \& {
3750     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3751     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3752     \& }
3753     .Ve
3754 root 1.88 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING\s0 \s-1FINISHING\s0 \s-1BEFORE\s0 \s-1RETURNING\s0"
3755     .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3756     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3757     .PP
3758     .Vb 4
3759     \& callback ()
3760     \& {
3761     \& free (request);
3762     \& }
3763     \&
3764     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3765     .Ve
3766     .PP
3767     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3768     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3769     .PP
3770     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3771     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3772     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3773     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3774     .PP
3775     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3776     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3777     .PP
3778     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3779     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3780     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3781     already been invoked.
3782     .PP
3783     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3784     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3785     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3786     delay invoking the callback by e.g. using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher
3787     for example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher
3788     and pushing it into the pending queue:
3789     .PP
3790     .Vb 2
3791     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3792     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3793     .Ve
3794     .PP
3795     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3796     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3797 root 1.85 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0 \s-1INVOCATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1EXIT\s0 \s-1CONDITIONS\s0"
3798     .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3799     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3800     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3801     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3802     .PP
3803     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3804     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3805     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3806     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3807     other combination: In these cases, \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work alone.
3808     .PP
3809     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3810     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3811     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3812     .PP
3813     .Vb 2
3814     \& // main loop
3815     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3816     \&
3817     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3818     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3819     \&
3820 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3821 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3822     \&
3823     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3824     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3825     .Ve
3826     .PP
3827     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3828     .PP
3829     .Vb 2
3830     \& // exit modal loop
3831     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3832     \&
3833     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3834     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3835     \&
3836     \& // exit both
3837     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3838     .Ve
3839     .SS "\s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0"
3840     .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3841     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3842     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3843     created/added/removed.
3844     .PP
3845     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3846     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3847     languages).
3848     .PP
3849     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3850     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3851     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3852     .PP
3853     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3854     .PP
3855     .Vb 6
3856     \& typedef struct {
3857     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3858     \& ev_async async_w;
3859     \& thread_t tid;
3860     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3861     \& } userdata;
3862     \&
3863     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3864     \& {
3865     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3866     \& static userdata u;
3867     \&
3868     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3869     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3870     \&
3871     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3872     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3873     \&
3874     \& // now associate this with the loop
3875     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3876     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3877     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3878     \&
3879 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3880 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3881     \& }
3882     .Ve
3883     .PP
3884     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3885     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3886     that might have been added:
3887     .PP
3888     .Vb 5
3889     \& static void
3890     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3891     \& {
3892     \& // just used for the side effects
3893     \& }
3894     .Ve
3895     .PP
3896     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
3897     protecting the loop data, respectively.
3898     .PP
3899     .Vb 6
3900     \& static void
3901     \& l_release (EV_P)
3902     \& {
3903     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3904     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3905     \& }
3906     \&
3907     \& static void
3908     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
3909     \& {
3910     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3911     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3912     \& }
3913     .Ve
3914     .PP
3915     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
3916     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
3917     .PP
3918     .Vb 4
3919     \& void *
3920     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
3921     \& {
3922     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
3923     \&
3924     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
3925     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
3926     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3927     \& l_release (EV_A);
3928     \&
3929     \& return 0;
3930     \& }
3931     .Ve
3932     .PP
3933     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
3934     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
3935     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
3936     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
3937     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
3938     watchers is very beneficial):
3939     .PP
3940     .Vb 4
3941     \& static void
3942     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
3943     \& {
3944     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3945     \&
3946     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
3947     \& {
3948     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
3949     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
3950     \& }
3951     \& }
3952     .Ve
3953     .PP
3954     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
3955     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
3956     thread to continue:
3957     .PP
3958     .Vb 4
3959     \& static void
3960     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
3961     \& {
3962     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3963     \&
3964     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3965     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
3966     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
3967     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3968     \& }
3969     .Ve
3970     .PP
3971     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
3972     event loop, you will now have to lock:
3973     .PP
3974     .Vb 2
3975     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
3976     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
3977     \&
3978     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
3979     \&
3980     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
3981     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
3982     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3983     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
3984     .Ve
3985     .PP
3986     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
3987     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
3988     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
3989     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
3990     .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0, \s-1COROUTINES\s0, \s-1CONTINUATIONS\s0, \s-1QUEUES\s0... \s-1INSTEAD\s0 \s-1OF\s0 \s-1CALLBACKS\s0"
3991     .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
3992     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
3993     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
3994     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
3995     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
3996     .PP
3997     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
3998     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
3999     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4000     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4001     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4002     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4003     .PP
4004     .Vb 2
4005     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4006     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4007     .Ve
4008     .PP
4009     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4010     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4011     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4012     .PP
4013     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4014     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4015     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4016     called):
4017     .PP
4018     .Vb 6
4019     \& void
4020     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4021     \& {
4022 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4023 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4024     \& }
4025     .Ve
4026     .PP
4027     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4028     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4029 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4030 root 1.85 .PP
4031     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4032     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4033     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4034     any waiters.
4035     .PP
4036 root 1.93 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\s0\*(R", but in short, it's easiest to create two
4037 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4038     .PP
4039     .Vb 4
4040     \& // my_ev.h
4041     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4042     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb);
4043     \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4044     \&
4045     \& // my_ev.c
4046     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4047     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4048     .Ve
4049     .PP
4050     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4051     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4052     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4053 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4054     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4055     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4056     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4057 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4058 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4059     .Sp
4060     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4061     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4062     .IP "\(bu" 4
4063 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4064     .IP "\(bu" 4
4065     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4066     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4067     .IP "\(bu" 4
4068     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4069     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4070     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4071     .IP "\(bu" 4
4072     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4073     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4074     is an ev_pri field.
4075     .IP "\(bu" 4
4076 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4077 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4078 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4079 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4080     .IP "\(bu" 4
4081     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4082     to use the libev header file and library.
4083 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4084     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4085 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4086     .IX Subsection "C API"
4087     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4088     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4089     will work fine.
4090     .PP
4091     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4092     to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all
4093     other callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodioc
4094     reschedule callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`throw
4095     ()\*(C'\fR specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C
4096     and \*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_THROW\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4097     .PP
4098     .Vb 6
4099     \& static void
4100     \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_THROW
4101     \& {
4102     \& perror (msg);
4103     \& abort ();
4104     \& }
4105     \&
4106     \& ...
4107     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4108     .Ve
4109     .PP
4110     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4111 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4112 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4113     .PP
4114     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4115     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4116     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4117     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4118     .IX Subsection " API"
4119 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4120 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4121 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4122     .PP
4123     To use it,
4124     .PP
4125     .Vb 1
4126 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4127 root 1.13 .Ve
4128     .PP
4129 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4130     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4131     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4132     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4133     .PP
4134 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4135     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4136     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4137     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4138 root 1.41 .PP
4139 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4140     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4141     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4142     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4143     (preferably after implementing it).
4144 root 1.13 .PP
4145 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4146     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4147     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4148     .PP
4149 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4150 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4151 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4152     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4153     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4154     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4155 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4156 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4157     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4158     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4159 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4160 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4161     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4162     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4163     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4164     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4165 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4166 root 1.13 .Sp
4167     All of those classes have these methods:
4168     .RS 4
4169 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4170     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4171 root 1.13 .PD 0
4172 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4173     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4174 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4175     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4176     .PD
4177 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4178     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4179     .Sp
4180     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4181     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4182     .Sp
4183     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4184     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4185     .Sp
4186     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4187     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4188 root 1.13 .Sp
4189     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4190 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4191     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4192     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4193     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4194     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4195     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4196     .Sp
4197     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4198     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4199     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4200     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4201     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4202     .Sp
4203     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4204     .Sp
4205     .Vb 4
4206 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4207     \& {
4208     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4209     \& }
4210     \&
4211     \& myclass obj;
4212     \& ev::io iow;
4213     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4214 root 1.41 .Ve
4215 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4216     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4217     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4218     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4219     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4220     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4221     list.
4222     .Sp
4223     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4224     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4225     .Sp
4226     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4227     .Sp
4228     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4229     .Sp
4230     .Vb 7
4231     \& struct myfunctor
4232     \& {
4233     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4234     \& {
4235     \& ...
4236     \& }
4237     \& }
4238     \&
4239     \& myfunctor f;
4240     \&
4241     \& ev::io w;
4242     \& w.set (&f);
4243     .Ve
4244 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4245     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4246 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4247     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4248     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4249     .Sp
4250 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4251     .Sp
4252 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4253 root 1.43 .Sp
4254 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4255 root 1.43 .Sp
4256     .Vb 2
4257 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4258     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4259 root 1.43 .Ve
4260 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4261     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4262 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4263     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4264 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4265     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4266 root 1.82 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR, with the same arguments. Either this
4267     method or a suitable start method must be called at least once. Unlike the
4268     C counterpart, an active watcher gets automatically stopped and restarted
4269     when reconfiguring it with this method.
4270 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4271     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4272 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4273     constructor already stores the event loop.
4274 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4275     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4276     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4277     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4278     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4279 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4280     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4281     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4282 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4283 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4284     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4285 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4286     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4287 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4288     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4289     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4290 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4291 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4292     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4293     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4294 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4295 root 1.13 .RE
4296     .RS 4
4297     .RE
4298     .PP
4299 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4300     watchers in the constructor.
4301 root 1.13 .PP
4302 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4303 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4304     \& {
4305 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4306 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4307 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4308 root 1.68 \&
4309     \& myclass (int fd)
4310     \& {
4311     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4312 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4313 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4314     \&
4315 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4316     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4317     \&
4318     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4319 root 1.68 \& }
4320     \& };
4321 root 1.13 .Ve
4322 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4323     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4324     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4325 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4326 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4327     me a note.
4328     .IP "Perl" 4
4329     .IX Item "Perl"
4330     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4331     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4332     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4333 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4334     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4335     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4336 root 1.62 .Sp
4337 root 1.68 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN\s0, its homepage is at
4338 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4339 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4340     .IX Item "Python"
4341     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4342 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4343 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4344     .IX Item "Ruby"
4345     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4346 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4347 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4348     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4349 root 1.75 .Sp
4350     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4351     makes rev work even on mingw.
4352 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4353     .IX Item "Haskell"
4354     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4355 root 1.88 http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi-bin/hackage-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4356 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4357     .IX Item "D"
4358     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4359 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4360 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4361     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4362     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4363 root 1.88 http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/ <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml-ev/>.
4364 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4365     .IX Item "Lua"
4366 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4367     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4368 root 1.88 http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev <http://github.com/brimworks/lua-ev>.
4369 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4370     .IX Item "Javascript"
4371     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4372     .IP "Others" 4
4373     .IX Item "Others"
4374     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4375 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4376     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4377 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4378 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4379     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4380 root 1.24 .PP
4381     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4382     following macros are defined:
4383 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4384 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4385     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4386     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4387     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4388     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4389     .Sp
4390     .Vb 3
4391 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4392     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4393 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4394 root 1.24 .Ve
4395     .Sp
4396     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4397     which is often provided by the following macro.
4398 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4399 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4400     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4401     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4402     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4403     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4404     .Sp
4405     .Vb 2
4406 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4407     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4408 root 1.60 \&
4409 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4410     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4411 root 1.24 .Ve
4412     .Sp
4413     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4414     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4415 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4416 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4417     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4418     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4419 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4420     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4421     .Sp
4422     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4423     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4424 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4425 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4426     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4427     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4428     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4429     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4430     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4431     .Sp
4432     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4433     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4434 root 1.24 .PP
4435 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4436 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4437 root 1.36 or not.
4438 root 1.24 .PP
4439     .Vb 5
4440 root 1.68 \& static void
4441     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4442     \& {
4443     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4444     \& }
4445     \&
4446     \& ev_check check;
4447     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4448     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4449 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4450 root 1.24 .Ve
4451 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4452     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4453     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4454     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4455     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4456 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4457 root 1.14 .PP
4458 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4459 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4460     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4461     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4462 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4463 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4464     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4465 root 1.68 in your application.
4466 root 1.14 .PP
4467     \fI\s-1CORE\s0 \s-1EVENT\s0 \s-1LOOP\s0\fR
4468     .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4469     .PP
4470     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4471     configuration (no autoconf):
4472     .PP
4473     .Vb 2
4474 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4475     \& #include "ev.c"
4476 root 1.14 .Ve
4477     .PP
4478     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4479     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4480     it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4481     done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4482     where you can put other configuration options):
4483     .PP
4484     .Vb 2
4485 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4486     \& #include "ev.h"
4487 root 1.14 .Ve
4488     .PP
4489     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4490 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4491 root 1.14 as a bug).
4492     .PP
4493     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4494     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4495     .PP
4496     .Vb 4
4497 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4498     \& ev.c
4499     \& ev_vars.h
4500     \& ev_wrap.h
4501     \&
4502     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4503     \&
4504     \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled (which is enabled by default)
4505     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4506     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4507     \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4508     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled (disabled by default)
4509 root 1.14 .Ve
4510     .PP
4511     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4512 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4513 root 1.14 .PP
4514     \fI\s-1LIBEVENT\s0 \s-1COMPATIBILITY\s0 \s-1API\s0\fR
4515     .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4516     .PP
4517     To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API\s0, also include:
4518     .PP
4519     .Vb 1
4520 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4521 root 1.14 .Ve
4522     .PP
4523     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4524     .PP
4525     .Vb 1
4526 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4527 root 1.14 .Ve
4528     .PP
4529     in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API\s0. This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4530     .PP
4531     You need the following additional files for this:
4532     .PP
4533     .Vb 2
4534 root 1.68 \& event.h
4535     \& event.c
4536 root 1.14 .Ve
4537     .PP
4538     \fI\s-1AUTOCONF\s0 \s-1SUPPORT\s0\fR
4539     .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4540     .PP
4541 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4542 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4543 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4544     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4545 root 1.14 .PP
4546     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4547     .PP
4548     .Vb 1
4549 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4550 root 1.14 .Ve
4551 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4552 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4553 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4554 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4555     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4556     .PP
4557     Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI\s0, and can have different
4558     values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4559     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4560     to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI\s0, which means all
4561     users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4562     settings.
4563     .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4564     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4565     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4566     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4567     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4568     .Sp
4569     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4570     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4571     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4572     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4573     typedef in that case.
4574     .Sp
4575     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4576     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4577     removed completely.
4578     .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4579     .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4580 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4581     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4582     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4583     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4584     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4585 root 1.75 .Sp
4586 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4587 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4588 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4589     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4590     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4591     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4592     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4593     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4594     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4595     this.
4596 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4597     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4598     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4599 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4600     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4601     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4602     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4603 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4604 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4605 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4606     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4607     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4608 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4609     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4610     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4611     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4612     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4613     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4614     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4615 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4616     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4617     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4618     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4619     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4620     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4621     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4622     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4623     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4624     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4625 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4626     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4627     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4628     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4629 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4630     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4631     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4632     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4633     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4634     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4635     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4636 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4637     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4638     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4639 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4640 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4641     will not be compiled in.
4642     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4643     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4644     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4645     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4646 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4647     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4648     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4649     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4650     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4651 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4652     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4653     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4654     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4655     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4656     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4657     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4658     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4659     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4660 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4661     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4662 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4663     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4664     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4665     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4666     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4667 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4668     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4669     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4670     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4671     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4672     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4673     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4674     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4675     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4676     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4677     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4678     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4679 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4680     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4681     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4682     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4683     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4684     enviornments.
4685 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4686     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4687     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4688     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4689     takes precedence over select.
4690     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4691     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4692     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4693     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4694 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4695     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4696     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4697 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4698     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4699     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4700     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4701     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4702     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4703     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4704     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4705     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4706 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4707 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4708     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4709     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4710     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4711     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4712     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4713     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4714     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4715     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4716 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4717 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4718     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4719     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4720     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4721 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4722     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4723 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4724     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4725     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4726     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4727     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4728     and makes libev faster.
4729     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4730     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4731     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called
4732     from different threads, which is a stronger assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR,
4733     above. This reduces dependencies and makes libev faster.
4734 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4735     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4736     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4737 root 1.88 access is atomic and serialised with respect to other threads or signal
4738     contexts. No such type is easily found in the C language, so you can
4739     provide your own type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used
4740     both for signal handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety
4741     in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers.
4742 root 1.61 .Sp
4743 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4744 root 1.88 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms,
4745     although strictly speaking using a type that also implies a memory fence
4746     is required.
4747 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4748     .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4749 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4750 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4751     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4752 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4753     .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4754 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4755     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4756     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4757 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4758     .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4759 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4760 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4761 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4762     .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4763 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4764     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4765     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4766     around libev functions.
4767     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4768     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4769     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4770     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4771     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4772     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4773     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4774 root 1.88 .Sp
4775     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4776     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4777     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4778 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4779     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4780     .PD 0
4781     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4782     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4783     .PD
4784     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4785     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4786     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4787     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4788     .Sp
4789     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4790     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4791     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4792     fine.
4793     .Sp
4794 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4795     both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU\s0.
4796 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_IDLE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_EMBED_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_STAT_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_PREPARE_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHECK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_FORK_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_ASYNC_ENABLE\s0, \s-1EV_CHILD_ENABLE\s0." 4
4797     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4798     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4799     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4800     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4801     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4802     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4803 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4804 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4805     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4806     that can be enabled on the platform.
4807     .Sp
4808     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4809     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4810     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4811     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4812     backend, use this:
4813     .Sp
4814     .Vb 5
4815     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4816     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4817     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4818     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4819     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4820     .Ve
4821     .Sp
4822     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4823 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4824 root 1.82 .RS 4
4825     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4826     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4827     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4828     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4829     .Sp
4830     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4831     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4832     .Sp
4833     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4834     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4835     assertions.
4836 root 1.91 .Sp
4837     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4838     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4839 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4840     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4841     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4842     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4843     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4844     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4845     runtime.
4846 root 1.91 .Sp
4847     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4848     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4849 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4850     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4851     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4852     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4853     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4854     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4855     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4856     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4857     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4858     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4859     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4860     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4861     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4862     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4863     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4864     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4865     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4866     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4867     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4868     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4869     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4870     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4871     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4872     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4873     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4874     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4875     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4876     default.
4877     .RE
4878     .RS 4
4879     .Sp
4880     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4881     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4882     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4883     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4884     .Sp
4885     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4886     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
4887     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
4888     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
4889     .RE
4890 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
4891     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
4892     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
4893     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
4894     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
4895     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
4896     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
4897     .Sp
4898     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
4899     wants to use libev.
4900     .Sp
4901     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
4902     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
4903 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
4904     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
4905     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
4906     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
4907     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
4908     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
4909     big.
4910     .Sp
4911     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
4912     enabled.
4913 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
4914     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
4915     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
4916     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
4917     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
4918     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
4919 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
4920 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
4921 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4922     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
4923     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4924 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
4925     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
4926     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
4927 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
4928     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
4929 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
4930 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
4931     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
4932     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
4933     power of two).
4934 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
4935     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
4936     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4937 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
4938     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
4939     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
4940 root 1.65 .Sp
4941 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4942     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4943 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
4944     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
4945     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
4946 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
4947 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
4948     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
4949 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
4950 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
4951 root 1.65 .Sp
4952 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4953     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4954 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
4955     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
4956 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
4957 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
4958     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
4959     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
4960     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
4961     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
4962     libev considerably.
4963     .Sp
4964 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
4965     will be \f(CW0\fR.
4966 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
4967     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
4968     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
4969 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
4970 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
4971     though, and it must be identical each time.
4972     .Sp
4973     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
4974     .Sp
4975     .Vb 3
4976 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
4977     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
4978     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
4979 root 1.14 .Ve
4980 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
4981     .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
4982 root 1.14 .PD 0
4983 root 1.19 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
4984     .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
4985     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
4986     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
4987 root 1.14 .PD
4988     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
4989     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
4990 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
4991 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
4992 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
4993     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
4994 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED\s0 \s-1API\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS\s0"
4995 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
4996 root 1.68 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
4997 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
4998     all public symbols, one per line:
4999 root 1.60 .PP
5000 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5001 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5002     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5003 root 1.53 .Ve
5004 root 1.60 .PP
5005 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5006     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5007 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5008 root 1.60 .PP
5009 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5010 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5011 root 1.60 .PP
5012 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5013 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5014 root 1.53 .Ve
5015 root 1.60 .PP
5016 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5017 root 1.60 .PP
5018 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5019     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5020     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5021     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5022     \& ...
5023     .Ve
5024 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5025 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5026     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5027     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5028     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5029     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5030     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5031     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5032     file.
5033 root 1.60 .PP
5034 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5035 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5036 root 1.60 .PP
5037 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5038     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5039     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5040     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5041     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5042     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5043     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5044     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5045 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5046 root 1.60 \&
5047 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5048 root 1.14 .Ve
5049 root 1.60 .PP
5050 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5051 root 1.60 .PP
5052 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5053 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5054     \& #include "ev.c"
5055 root 1.14 .Ve
5056 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5057     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5058 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1THREADS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1COROUTINES\s0"
5059 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5060     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5061 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5062 root 1.72 .PP
5063 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5064 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5065     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5066     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5067     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5068     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5069 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5070     .PP
5071     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5072     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5073     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5074     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5075     a mutex per loop).
5076     .PP
5077     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5078     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5079     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5080     outside\*(R".
5081 root 1.64 .PP
5082 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5083     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5084 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5085 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5086     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5087 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5088 root 1.64 .Sp
5089     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5090     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5091     .IP "\(bu" 4
5092     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5093     .Sp
5094     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5095     exists, but it is always a good start.
5096     .IP "\(bu" 4
5097     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5098 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5099 root 1.64 .Sp
5100 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5101 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5102     .IP "\(bu" 4
5103     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5104 root 1.71 event loop.
5105     .Sp
5106     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5107     (or from signal contexts...).
5108     .Sp
5109     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5110     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5111     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5112     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5113 root 1.72 .PP
5114 root 1.85 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD\s0 \s-1LOCKING\s0 \s-1EXAMPLE\s0\*(R".
5115 root 1.79 .PP
5116 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5117 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5118 root 1.72 .PP
5119     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5120     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5121 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5122 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5123     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5124     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5125 root 1.64 .PP
5126 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5127 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5128 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5129 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1COMPILER\s0 \s-1WARNINGS\s0"
5130 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5131     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5132     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5133     scared by this.
5134     .PP
5135     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5136     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5137     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5138     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5139     .PP
5140     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5141     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5142     maintainable.
5143     .PP
5144     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5145     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5146     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5147 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5148 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5149     such buggy versions.
5150     .PP
5151     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5152     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5153     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5154     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5155     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5156 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5157 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5158     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5159     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5160     .PP
5161     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5162     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5163     .PP
5164     .Vb 3
5165     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5166     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5167     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5168     .Ve
5169     .PP
5170     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5171 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5172 root 1.72 .PP
5173     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5174     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5175     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5176     confused.
5177     .PP
5178     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5179     make it into some kind of religion.
5180     .PP
5181     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5182     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5183     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5184     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5185     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5186 root 1.60 .PP
5187 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5188     I suggest using suppression lists.
5189     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5190     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5191 root 1.82 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX\s0 32 \s-1BIT\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0"
5192     .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5193     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5194     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5195     .PP
5196     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5197     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5198     .PP
5199     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5200     by enabling the large file \s-1API\s0, which makes them incompatible with the
5201     standard libev compiled for their system.
5202     .PP
5203     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5204     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5205     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5206     .SS "\s-1OS/X\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1DARWIN\s0 \s-1BUGS\s0"
5207     .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5208     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5209     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5210     OpenGL drivers.
5211     .PP
5212     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5213     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5214     .PP
5215     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5216     only sockets, many support pipes.
5217     .PP
5218     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5219     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5220     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5221     probably going to work well.
5222     .PP
5223     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5224     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5225     .PP
5226     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5227     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5228     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5229     .PP
5230     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5231     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5232     a loop.
5233     .PP
5234     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5235     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5236     .PP
5237     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5238     one up as well: On \s-1OS/X\s0, \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5239     descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5240     you use more.
5241     .PP
5242     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5243     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5244     work on \s-1OS/X\s0.
5245     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS\s0 \s-1PROBLEMS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5246     .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5247     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5248     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5249     .PP
5250     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5251     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5252     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5253     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5254     .PP
5255     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5256     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5257     .PP
5258     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5259     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5260     .PP
5261     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5262     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5263     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5264     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5265     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5266     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5267     great.
5268     .PP
5269     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5270     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5271     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5272     .SS "\s-1AIX\s0 \s-1POLL\s0 \s-1BUG\s0"
5273     .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5274     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5275     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5276     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5277     with large bitsets on \s-1AIX\s0, and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5278 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1WIN32\s0 \s-1PLATFORM\s0 \s-1LIMITATIONS\s0 \s-1AND\s0 \s-1WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5279 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5280 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5281     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5282     .PP
5283 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5284     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5285     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5286     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5287     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5288 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5289 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5290 root 1.82 environment.
5291 root 1.60 .PP
5292 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5293 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5294     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5295     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5296 root 1.65 .PP
5297 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5298     embedding it into other applications.
5299     .PP
5300 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5301     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5302     .PP
5303 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5304     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5305     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5306     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5307 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5308 root 1.68 available).
5309     .PP
5310 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5311     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5312     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5313     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5314 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5315 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5316 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5317 root 1.68 .PP
5318     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5319     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5320     of \fIev.h\fR:
5321     .PP
5322     .Vb 2
5323     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5324     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5325     \&
5326     \& #include "ev.h"
5327     .Ve
5328     .PP
5329     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5330 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5331 root 1.68 .PP
5332     .Vb 2
5333     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5334     \& #include "ev.c"
5335     .Ve
5336 root 1.82 .PP
5337     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5338     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5339     .PP
5340 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5341     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5342     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5343 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5344     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5345 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5346     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5347 root 1.82 .PP
5348 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5349 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5350 root 1.82 .PP
5351 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5352 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5353     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5354 root 1.60 .Ve
5355 root 1.82 .PP
5356 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5357     complexity in the O(nA\*^X) range when using win32.
5358 root 1.82 .PP
5359     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5360     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5361     .PP
5362 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5363 root 1.82 .PP
5364 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5365     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5366 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5367 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5368 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5369 root 1.82 .PP
5370 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5371     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5372 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5373     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5374 root 1.82 .PP
5375 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5376 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5377     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5378     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5379     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5380     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5381     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5382     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5383     the cost of calling select (O(nA\*^X)) will likely make this unworkable.
5384 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY\s0 \s-1REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5385 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5386     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5387     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5388 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5389 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5390     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5391     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5392     structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO\s0 C for example), but it also
5393     assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5394     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5395     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5396 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5397     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5398     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5399     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5400 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5401     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5402     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5403     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5404 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5405 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5406     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5407     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5408     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5409     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5410     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5411     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5412     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5413     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5414     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5415     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5416     .Sp
5417     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5418     except the initial one, and run the default loop in the initial thread as
5419     well.
5420     .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5421     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5422     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5423 root 1.72 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API\s0, libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5424     instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5425     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5426     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5427     watchers.
5428 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5429     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5430     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5431     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5432 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5433     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5434     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5435 root 1.88 implementations using \s-1IEEE\s0 754, which is basically all existing ones.
5436     .Sp
5437     With \s-1IEEE\s0 754 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5438     year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5439     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5440     something like that, just kidding).
5441 root 1.65 .PP
5442     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5443 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5444     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5445     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5446     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5447     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5448 root 1.67 .PP
5449 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5450     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5451     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5452     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5453     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5454     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5455     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5456     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5457     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5458     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5459     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5460     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5461     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5462     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5463     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5464     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5465     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5466     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5467     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5468     .PD 0
5469     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5470     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5471     .PD
5472     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5473     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5474     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5475     is rare).
5476     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5477     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5478     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5479     fixed position in the storage array.
5480     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5481     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5482     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5483     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5484     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5485     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5486     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5487     .PD 0
5488     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5489     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5490     .PD
5491     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5492     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5493     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5494     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5495     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5496     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5497     .PD 0
5498     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5499     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5500     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5501     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5502     .PD
5503     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5504 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5505     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5506     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5507 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5508     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5509     The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API\s0.
5510     .PP
5511     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5512     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5513     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5514     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5515     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5516     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5517     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5518     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5519 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR\s0 \s-1SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0\*(R" in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\s0\*(R"
5520 root 1.82 section.
5521     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5522     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5523     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5524     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5525     .Sp
5526     .Vb 2
5527     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5528     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5529     .Ve
5530     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5531     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5532     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5533     .Sp
5534     .Vb 3
5535     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5536     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5537     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5538     \&
5539     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5540     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5541     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5542     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5543     \&
5544     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5545     \&
5546     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5547     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5548     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5549     .Ve
5550     .Sp
5551     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5552     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5553     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5554     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5555     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5556     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5557     typedef.
5558     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5559     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5560     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5561     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5562     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5563     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5564 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5565     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5566     .IP "active" 4
5567     .IX Item "active"
5568 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5569     See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5570 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5571     .IX Item "application"
5572     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5573 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5574     .IX Item "backend"
5575     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5576 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5577     .IX Item "callback"
5578     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5579     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5580     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5581 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5582     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5583 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5584     .IP "event" 4
5585     .IX Item "event"
5586     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5587     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5588     any other events happening anymore.
5589     .Sp
5590     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5591 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5592 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5593     .IX Item "event library"
5594     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5595     .IP "event loop" 4
5596     .IX Item "event loop"
5597     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5598     into callback invocations.
5599     .IP "event model" 4
5600     .IX Item "event model"
5601     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5602     watchers and events.
5603     .IP "pending" 4
5604     .IX Item "pending"
5605 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5606     detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER\s0 \s-1STATES\s0\*(R" for details.
5607 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5608     .IX Item "real time"
5609     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5610     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5611     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5612     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5613 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5614 root 1.78 clock.
5615     .IP "watcher" 4
5616     .IX Item "watcher"
5617     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5618     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5619 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5620     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5621 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5622 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.